blob: 4fec46734d3ce12ac6d4ccf6836e35779f8a86dc [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153/board Board dependent files
154/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500155/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500156/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
157/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
158/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400159/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500160/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
161/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
162/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500163/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
164/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500165/net Networking code
166/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500167/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
168/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000171Software Configuration:
172=======================
173
174Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
175rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
176
177There are two classes of configuration variables:
178
179* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
180 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
181 "CONFIG_".
182
183* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
184 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
185 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200186 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000187
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500188Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
189symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
190U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
191allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
192build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000193
194
195Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
196---------------------------------------------------
197
198For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200199configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000200
201Example: For a TQM823L module type:
202
203 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200204 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000205
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500206Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
207you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
208doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000209
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600210Sandbox Environment:
211--------------------
212
213U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
214board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
215specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
216run some of U-Boot's tests.
217
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530218See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600219
220
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700221Board Initialisation Flow:
222--------------------------
223
224This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500225SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700226
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500227Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
228more detail later in this file.
229
230At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
231and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
232may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
233CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
234
235Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
236CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
237
238 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
239 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
240 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
241
242and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
243limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700244
245lowlevel_init():
246 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
247 - no global_data or BSS
248 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
249 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
250 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
251 board_init_f()
252 - this is almost never needed
253 - return normally from this function
254
255board_init_f():
256 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
257 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
258 - global_data is available
259 - stack is in SRAM
260 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
261 only stack variables and global_data
262
263 Non-SPL-specific notes:
264 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
265 can do nothing
266
267 SPL-specific notes:
268 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
269 version as needed.
270 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
271 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
272 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
273 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
274 directly)
275
276Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
277this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
278CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
279memory.
280
281board_init_r():
282 - purpose: main execution, common code
283 - global_data is available
284 - SDRAM is available
285 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
286 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
287
288 Non-SPL-specific notes:
289 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
290 there.
291
292 SPL-specific notes:
293 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
294 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
295 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
296 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
297 spl_board_init() function containing this call
298 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
299
300
301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302Configuration Options:
303----------------------
304
305Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
306such information is kept in a configuration file
307"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
308
309Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
310"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
311
312
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000313Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
314kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
315build a config tool - later.
316
317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318The following options need to be configured:
319
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500320- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000321
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500322- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200323
324- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100325 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
327- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
328 Define exactly one of
329 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
330--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
331 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
332 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
333
334- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
335 Define exactly one of
336 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
337
338- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
339 Define one or more of
340 CONFIG_CMA302
341
342- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
343 Define one or more of
344 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200345 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000346 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
347
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530348- Marvell Family Member
349 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
350 multiple fs option at one time
351 for marvell soc family
352
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200353- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000354 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
355 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000356 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
357 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000358 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
359 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000360
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000361- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
363 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000364 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000365 See doc/README.MPC866
366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200367 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000368
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000369 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
370 of relying on the correctness of the configured
371 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
372 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
373 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200374 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000375
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100376 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
377
378 Define this option if you want to enable the
379 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
380
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600381- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
383
384 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
385 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
386 compliance, among other possible reasons.
387
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
389
390 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
391 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
392 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
393
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
395
396 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
397 tree nodes for the given platform.
398
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000399 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
400
401 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
402 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
403 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
404 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
405 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
406 purpose.
407
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000408 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
409
410 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
411 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
413
414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
416
417 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
418 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
419
420 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
421 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
422 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
423 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
424
425 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
426 this erratum.
427
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530428 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
429 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800430 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530431
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530432 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
433 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800434 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530435
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
437
438 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
439 according to the A004510 workaround.
440
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
442 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
443 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
444
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
446 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
447 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
448
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
450 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
451 connected to the DSP core.
452
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
454 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
455
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
457 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
458 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
459 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
460
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530461 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
462 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800463 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530464
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800465 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800466 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800467 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
468
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000469- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700470 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
471 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
472 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
473 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
474 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
475
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000476 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
477
478 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
479 values is arch specific.
480
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
482 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
483 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
484 SoCs.
485
486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
487 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
490 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
491 deskew training are not available.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
494 Freescale DDR1 controller.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
497 Freescale DDR2 controller.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
500 Freescale DDR3 controller.
501
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
503 Freescale DDR4 controller.
504
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
506 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
507
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
509 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
510 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
511 implemetation.
512
513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
514 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
515 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
516 implementation.
517
518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
519 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700520 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
521
522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
523 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
524 DDR3L controllers.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
527 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
528 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700529
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
531 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
532
533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
534 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
535
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
537 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
538 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
541 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
542 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
543 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
544
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530545 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
546 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
547 concatenated with u-boot binary.
548
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
550 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
553 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
554
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800555 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
556 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
557 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
558 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
559
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800560 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
561 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
562 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
563 SoCs with ARM core.
564
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
566 Number of controllers used as main memory.
567
568 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
569 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
570
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530571 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
572 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
573
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530574 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
575 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
576
577 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
578 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
579
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100580- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200581 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100582
583 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
584 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
585 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200587 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200588
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100589 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
590 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200591 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100592 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200593
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200594- MIPS CPU options:
595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
596
597 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
598 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
599 relocation.
600
601 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
602
603 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
604 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
605 Possible values are:
606 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
607 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
608 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
609 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
610 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
611 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
612 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
613 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
614
615 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
616
617 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
618 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
619
620 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
621
622 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
623 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
624 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
625
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000626- ARM options:
627 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
628
629 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
630 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
631
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000632 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
633
634 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
635 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
636 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
637 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
638 GCC.
639
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000640 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000641 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
642 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
643 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500644 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbelle392b922015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100645 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
646 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
647 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000648
649 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
650 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
651 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
652 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
653 set these options unless they apply!
654
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700655 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
656 Generic timer clock source frequency.
657
658 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
659 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
660 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
661 at run time.
662
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500663 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
664 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
665 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500666 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500667 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500668 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500669 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500670 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500671
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700672- Tegra SoC options:
673 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
674
675 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
676 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
677 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
678
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000679- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000680 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
681
682 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
683 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
684 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
685 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
686 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
687 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
688 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100690 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 default environment.
692
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000693 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
694
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800695 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000696 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
697 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
698
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400699 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200700
701 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400702 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
703 concepts).
704
705 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
706 * New libfdt-based support
707 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500708 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400709
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200710 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
711 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
712 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
713 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200714 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600715 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200716
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200717 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
718 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500719
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600720 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
721
722 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
723 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000724
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600725 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
726
727 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
728 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
729 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
730 the kernel.
731
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500732 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
733
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200734 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500735 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
736
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200737 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
738
739 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
740 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
741 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
742 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
743 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
744 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
745
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000746 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
747
748 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
749 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
750 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
751 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
752 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
753 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
754 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
755
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100756- vxWorks boot parameters:
757
758 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700759 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
760 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100761 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
762
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100763 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
764 the defaults discussed just above.
765
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000766- Cache Configuration:
767 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
768 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
769 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
770
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000771- Cache Configuration for ARM:
772 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
773 controller
774 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
775 controller register space
776
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000777- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200778 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000779
780 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
781
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200782 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000783
784 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
785
786 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
787
788 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
789 the clock speed of the UARTs.
790
791 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
792
793 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
794 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
795 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
796
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400797 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
798
799 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
800 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000801
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000803 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
804 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
805 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
806 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000807
808 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
809 port routines must be defined elsewhere
810 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
811
812 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
813 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000814 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
816 (default big endian)
817 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
818 rectangle fill
819 (cf. smiLynxEM)
820 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
821 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
822 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
823 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000824 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
825 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
827 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000828 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700830 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700832 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700834 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000835 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
836 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000837 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
838 linux_logo.h for logo.
839 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000840 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200841 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842 the logo
843
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000844 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
845 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
846 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
847
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000848 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
849 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
850 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000852 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
853 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
854 the "silent" environment variable. See
855 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000856
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200857 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
858 is 0x00.
859 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
860 is 0xa0.
861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- Console Baudrate:
863 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
864 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
866 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000867
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100868- Console Rx buffer length
869 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
870 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100871 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100872 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
873 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
874 the SMC.
875
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000876- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200877 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
878 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
879 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
880 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
881 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
882 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
883 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200884 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200885 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000886
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200887 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
888 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
889
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200890 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
891 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000892
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
894 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
895 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000896 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
897 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898
899 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
900 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
901 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
902 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
903 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
904 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
905 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
906 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
908 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
909
910- Autoboot Command:
911 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
912 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
913 define a command string that is automatically executed
914 when no character is read on the console interface
915 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
916
917 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000918 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
919 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
920 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921
922 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000923 The value of these goes into the environment as
924 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
925 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200926 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100928- Bootcount:
929 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
930 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
931 cycle, see:
932 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
933
934 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
935 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
936 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
937 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
938 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
939 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
940 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
941 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
942 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
943
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944- Pre-Boot Commands:
945 CONFIG_PREBOOT
946
947 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
948 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
949 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
950 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
951 entering interactive mode.
952
953 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
954 automatically generated or modified. For an example
955 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
956 modified when the user holds down a certain
957 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
958 booting the systems
959
960- Serial Download Echo Mode:
961 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
962 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
963 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
964 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
965 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
966 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
967 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
968
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
971 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200972 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
974- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
976 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000977 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500978 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500980 The default command configuration includes all commands
981 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100983 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500985 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
986 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
987 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
988 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
989 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400990 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500991 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800992 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
996 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
997 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600998 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
999 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1000 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1001 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1003 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001005 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001007 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001008 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001009 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1012 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001013 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1014 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001015 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001016 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001017 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001019 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1020 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001021 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001022 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001023 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001025 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001026 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1027 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1028 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001030 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001032 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001033 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001034 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001035 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1036 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1037 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1038 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001039 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001040 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1041 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1043 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001044 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001045 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001046 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001048 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001049 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1051 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1052 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001053 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001054 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1055 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001057 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001059 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1060 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1061 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1062 host
1063 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001065 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1066 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001067 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1069 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1070 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1071 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1072 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1073 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001074 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001075 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001076 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001077 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001078 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001080 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001081 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001082 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1083 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001084 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001086 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001087 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001088 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089
1090 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1091 support you can write:
1092
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001093 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1094 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001096 Other Commands:
1097 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
1099 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001100 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001101 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1102 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1103 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1104 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1105 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1106 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107
1108
1109 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1110
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -06001111- Removal of commands
1112 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
1113 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
1114 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
1115 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
1116 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
1117 simple boot procedures.
1118
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001119- Regular expression support:
1120 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001121 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1122 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1123 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1124 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001125
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001126- Device tree:
1127 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1128 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1129 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1130 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1131 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1132 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1133
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001134 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1135 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001136
1137 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1138 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1139 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1140 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1141 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1142 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001143
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001144 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1145 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1146 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1147 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1148
1149 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1150
1151 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1152 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1153 still use the individual files if you need something more
1154 exotic.
1155
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001156- Watchdog:
1157 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1158 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001159 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1160 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1161 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1162 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1163 available, then no further board specific code should
1164 be needed to use it.
1165
1166 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1167 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1168 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1169 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001171 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1172 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1173
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001174- U-Boot Version:
1175 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1176 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1177 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1178 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001179 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1180 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182- Real-Time Clock:
1183
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001184 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001185 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1186 following options:
1187
1188 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1189 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001190 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001191 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001192 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001194 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001195 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001196 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001197 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001198 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001199 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001200 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1201 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001203 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1204 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1205
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001206- GPIO Support:
1207 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001208
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001209 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1210 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1211 pins supported by a particular chip.
1212
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001213 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1214 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1215
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001216- I/O tracing:
1217 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1218 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1219 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1220 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1221 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1222 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1223 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1224 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1225
1226 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1227 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1228 still continue to operate.
1229
1230 iotrace is enabled
1231 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1232 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1233 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1234 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1235 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1236 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238- Timestamp Support:
1239
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001240 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1241 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1242 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001243 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001244
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001245- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1246 Zero or more of the following:
1247 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1248 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1249 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1250 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1251 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1252 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1253 disk/part_efi.c
1254 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001255
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001256 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1257 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001258 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001259
1260- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001261 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1262 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001263
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001264 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1265 be performed by calling the function
1266 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1267 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268
1269- ATAPI Support:
1270 CONFIG_ATAPI
1271
1272 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1273
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001274- LBA48 Support
1275 CONFIG_LBA48
1276
1277 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001278 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001279 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1280 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001282 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001283 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1284 Default is 32bit.
1285
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001286- SCSI Support:
1287 At the moment only there is only support for the
1288 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1289 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001291 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1292 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1293 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001294 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1295 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001296 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001298 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1299 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001301- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001302 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001303 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1304
1305 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1306 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1307 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1308 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1309
1310 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1311 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1312 example with the "sspi" command.
1313
1314 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1315 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1316 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1319 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001320 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001321 write routine for first time initialisation.
1322
1323 CONFIG_TULIP
1324 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1325 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1326 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1327
1328 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1329 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1330
1331 CONFIG_NS8382X
1332 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1333
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001334- NETWORK Support (other):
1335
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001336 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1337 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1338
1339 CONFIG_RMII
1340 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1341
1342 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1343 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1344 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1345
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001346 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1347 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1348
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001349 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001350 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1351
1352 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1353 Define this to hold the physical address
1354 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1355
1356 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1357 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1358
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001359 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001360 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1361
1362 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1363 Define this to hold the physical address
1364 of the device (I/O space)
1365
1366 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1367 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1368
1369 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1370 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1371 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1372
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001373 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1374 Support for davinci emac
1375
1376 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1377 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1378
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001379 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1380 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1381
1382 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1383 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1384 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1385 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1386 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1387 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1388 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1389 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1390
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001391 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001392 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1393
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001394 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001395 Define this to hold the physical address
1396 of the device (I/O space)
1397
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001398 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001399 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1400
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001401 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001402 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1403 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001404 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001405
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001406 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1407 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1408
1409 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1410 Define the number of ports to be used
1411
1412 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1413 Define the ETH PHY's address
1414
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001415 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1416 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1417
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001418- PWM Support:
1419 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1420 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1421
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001422- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001423 CONFIG_TPM
1424 Support TPM devices.
1425
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001426 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1427 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001428 per system is supported at this time.
1429
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001430 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1431 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1432
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001433 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1434 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1435
1436 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1437 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1438 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1439
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001440 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1441 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1442 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1443
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001444 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1445 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1446
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001447 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001448 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1449 per system is supported at this time.
1450
1451 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1452 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1453 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1454 0xfed40000.
1455
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001456 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1457 Add tpm monitor functions.
1458 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1459 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1460
1461 CONFIG_TPM
1462 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1463 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1464 Requires support for a TPM device.
1465
1466 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1467 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1468 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1469
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001470- USB Support:
1471 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001472 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1474 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001475 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001476 storage devices.
1477 Note:
1478 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1479 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001480 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1481 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1482 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001483 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1484 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001485 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1486 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1487 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001488 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1489 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001490 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001491 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1492 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001493
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001494 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1495 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1496
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001497 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1498 HW module registers.
1499
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001500- USB Device:
1501 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1502 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1503 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001504 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1506 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001507 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001508 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1509 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1510 a Linux host by
1511 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1512 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1513 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1514 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001515
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001516 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1517 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001518
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001519 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1520 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1521 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001522
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301523 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1524 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1525 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1526 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1527 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1528 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1529 speed.
1530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001531 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001532 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1533 be set to usbtty.
1534
1535 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001536 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001537 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001538 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001540 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001541 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001542 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001543
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001544 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001545 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001546 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001547 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1548 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1549 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1550
1551 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1552 Define this string as the name of your company for
1553 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001554
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001555 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1556 Define this string as the name of your product
1557 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1558
1559 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1560 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1561 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1562 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1563 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001564
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001565 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1566 Define this as the unique Product ID
1567 for your device
1568 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001570- ULPI Layer Support:
1571 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1572 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1573 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1574 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1575 viewport is supported.
1576 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1577 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001578 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1579 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1580 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001581
1582- MMC Support:
1583 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1584 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1585 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1586 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001587 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1588 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001589
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001590 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1591 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1592
1593 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1594 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1595
1596 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1597 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1598
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001599 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1600 Enable the generic MMC driver
1601
1602 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1603 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1604
1605 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1606 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1607 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1608
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001609- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001610 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001611 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1612
1613 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1614 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1615 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1616 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1617 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1618
1619 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1620 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1621
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001622 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1623 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1624
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301625 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1626 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1627 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1628 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1629 one that would help mostly the developer.
1630
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001631 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1632 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1633 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1634 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1635 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1636
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001637 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1638 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1639 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1640 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1641 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1642 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1643
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001644 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1645 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1646 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1647 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1648
1649 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1650 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1651 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1652 sending again an USB request to the device.
1653
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001654- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001655 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1656 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1657
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001658 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1659 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1660 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1661 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1662 used on Android devices.
1663 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1664
1665 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1666 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1667 image format header.
1668
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001669 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001670 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1671 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1672 downloaded images.
1673
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001674 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001675 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1676 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1677 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1678
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001679 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1680 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1681 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1682 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1683
1684 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1685 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1686 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1687 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1688
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001689 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1690 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1691 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1692 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1693 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1694 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1695 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1696 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1697
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001698- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1699 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1700 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1701 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001703 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1704 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001705 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001707 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001708 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1709 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1710
1711 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001712 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001713 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1714 have not defined a custom partition
1715
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001716- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1717 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001718
1719 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1720 file in FAT formatted partition.
1721
1722 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1723 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001724
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001725CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1726 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1727
1728 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1729 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1730 and cbfsload.
1731
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301732- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1733 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1734
1735 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1736 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1737
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001738- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001739 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1740
1741 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1742
1743 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1744 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1745 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1746 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1747 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748
1749- Video support:
1750 CONFIG_VIDEO
1751
1752 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1753 video).
1754
1755 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1756
1757 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1758
1759 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001760 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001761 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1762 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1763 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001765 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001766 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001767 are possible:
1768 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001769 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001770
1771 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1772 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1773 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1774 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1775 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1776 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1777 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1779
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001780 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001781 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001782
1783
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001784 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001785 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001786 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1787 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1788
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001789 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001790 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001791 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1792 support, and should also define these other macros:
1793
1794 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1795 CONFIG_VIDEO
1796 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1797 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1798 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1799 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1800 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1801 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1802
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001803 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1804 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1805 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1806 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1809
1810 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1811 display); also select one of the supported displays
1812 by defining one of these:
1813
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001814 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1815
1816 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1817
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001818 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001820 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001822 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001823
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001824 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1825 Active, color, single scan.
1826
1827 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1828
1829 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001830 Active, color, single scan.
1831
1832 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1833
1834 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1835 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1836
1837 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1838
1839 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1840 Active, color, single scan.
1841
1842 CONFIG_HLD1045
1843
1844 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1845 Active, color, single scan.
1846
1847 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1848
1849 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1850 or
1851 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1852 or
1853 Hitachi SP14Q002
1854
1855 320x240. Black & white.
1856
1857 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001858 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001859
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001860 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1861
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001862 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001863 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1864 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1865 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1866 a per-section basis.
1867
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001868 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1869
1870 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1871 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1872 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1873 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001874
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001875 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1876
1877 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1878 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1879 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1880 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1881 printed out.
1882 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1883 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1884 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1885 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1886 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1887 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1888 1 = 90 degree rotation
1889 2 = 180 degree rotation
1890 3 = 270 degree rotation
1891
1892 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1893 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1894
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001895 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1896
1897 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1898
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001899 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1900
1901 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1902 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1903
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001904- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001905
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001906 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1907 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1908 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001909 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001910 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1911 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1912 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1913 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001914
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001915 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1916
1917 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1918 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001919 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001920 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1921 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1922 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1923 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1924 there is no need to set this option.
1925
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001926 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1927
1928 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1929 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1930 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1931 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1932 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1933 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1934
1935 Example:
1936 setenv splashpos m,m
1937 => image at center of screen
1938
1939 setenv splashpos 30,20
1940 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1941
1942 setenv splashpos -10,m
1943 => vertically centered image
1944 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1945
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001946- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1947
1948 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1949 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1950 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1951
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001952- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1953
1954 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1955 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1956 bmp command.
1957
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001958- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001959 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1960
1961 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1962 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1963
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001964- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001965 CONFIG_GZIP
1966
1967 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1968
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001969 CONFIG_BZIP2
1970
1971 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1972 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1973 compressed images are supported.
1974
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001975 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001976 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001977 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001978
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001979 CONFIG_LZMA
1980
1981 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1982 images is included.
1983
1984 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1985 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1986 formula:
1987
1988 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1989
1990 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1991 and Literal pos bits.
1992
1993 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1994 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1995 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1996 a very small buffer.
1997
1998 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1999 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002000 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002001
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002002 CONFIG_LZO
2003
2004 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2005 is included.
2006
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002007- MII/PHY support:
2008 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2009
2010 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2011
2012 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2013
2014 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2015
2016 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2017
2018 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002019 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002020
2021 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2022
2023 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2024 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2025 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2026 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2027
2028 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2029
2030 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2031 command issued before MII status register can be read
2032
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002033- IP address:
2034 CONFIG_IPADDR
2035
2036 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002037 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002039 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040
2041- Server IP address:
2042 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2043
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002044 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002045 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002046 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002047
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002048 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2049
2050 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2051 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2052
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002053- Gateway IP address:
2054 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2055
2056 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2057 default router where packets to other networks are
2058 sent to.
2059 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2060
2061- Subnet mask:
2062 CONFIG_NETMASK
2063
2064 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2065 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2066 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2067 forwarded through a router.
2068 (Environment variable "netmask")
2069
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002070- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2071 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2072
2073 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2074 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002075 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002076 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2077 multicast group.
2078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002079- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2080 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2081
2082 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2083 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2084 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2085 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2086 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2087 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2088 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2089 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002090 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
2092 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2093 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2094 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2095 4th and following
2096 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2097
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002098 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2099
2100 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2101 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2102 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2103 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2104 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2105 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2106 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2107 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2108 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2109 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2110 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2111 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2112 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2113 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2114 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2115
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002116- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002117 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2118 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002119
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002120 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2121 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2122 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2123 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2124 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2125 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2126 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2127 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2128 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2129 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2130 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2131 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002132 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002133
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002134 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2135 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002136
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002137 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2138 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2139 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2140 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2141 is not available.
2142
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002143 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2144 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2145 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2146 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2147 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2148 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2149 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002150 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002151
2152 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2153 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2154 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002155 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002156 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2157 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002158
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002159 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2160
2161 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2162 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2163 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2164 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2165 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2166 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2167 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2168 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2169 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2170 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2171 this delay.
2172
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002173 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2174 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2175 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2176 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2177 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2178
2179 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2180
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002181 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002182 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002183
2184 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2185
2186 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2187
2188 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2189 of the device.
2190
2191 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2192
2193 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2194 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002195 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002196
2197 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2198
2199 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2200 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2201
2202 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2203
2204 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2205
2206 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2207
2208 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2209
2210 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2211
2212 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2213
2214 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2215
2216 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2217 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2218
2219 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2220
2221 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2224
2225 Several configurations allow to display the current
2226 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2227 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2228 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2229 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2230 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2231 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2232 feature in U-Boot.
2233
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002234 Additional options:
2235
2236 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2237 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2238 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2239 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2240 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2241
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002242 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2243 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2244 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2245 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2246 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2247 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2250
2251 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2252 on those systems that support this (optional)
2253 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2254
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002255- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002256
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002257 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2258 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2259 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2260 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2261 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2262 interface.
2263
2264 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002265 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2266 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2267 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2268 for defining speed and slave address
2269 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2270 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2271 for defining speed and slave address
2272 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2273 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2274 for defining speed and slave address
2275 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2276 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2277 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002278
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002279 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2280 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2281 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2282 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2283 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2284 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002285 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002286 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2287 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2288 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2289 second bus.
2290
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002291 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002292 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2293 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2294 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002295
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002296 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2297 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2298 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2300
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002301 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2302 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002303 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2304 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2305 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2306 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002307 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2308 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2309 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2310 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2311 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2312 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002313 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2314 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002315 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002316 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2317
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002318 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2319 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2320 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2321
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2328 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2330 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2331
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002332 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2333 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2334 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2335
2336 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2337 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2338 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2339 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2340 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2341 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2342 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2346 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2347 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002348 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002349
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002350 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2351 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2352 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2353 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2354 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2355 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2356 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2359 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2361 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2362
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002363 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2364 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2365 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2366 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2367
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302368 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2369 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2370 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2371 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2372 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2373
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002374 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2375 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2384 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2385 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2386 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2387 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002388 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002397
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002398 additional defines:
2399
2400 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002401 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002402 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2403 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2404 omit this define.
2405
2406 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2407 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2408 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2409 omit this define.
2410
2411 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2412 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2413 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2414 define.
2415
2416 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002417 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002418 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2419 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2420 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2421
2422 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2423 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2424 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2425 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2426 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2427 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2428 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2429 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2430 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2431 }
2432
2433 which defines
2434 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002435 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2436 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2437 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2438 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2439 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002440 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002441 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2442 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002443
2444 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2445
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002446- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002447
2448 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2449 provides the following compelling advantages:
2450
2451 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2452 - approved multibus support
2453 - better i2c mux support
2454
2455 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2456
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002457 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2458 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2459 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002460
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002461 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002462 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002463 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2464 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002465 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002467 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002468
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002469 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002470 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002472 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002473 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002474 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002475 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002476
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002477 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002478 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002479 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2480 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2481 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002482
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002483 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2484
2485 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2486 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2487 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2488 commands until the slave device responds.
2489
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002490 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002491
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002492 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002493 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2494 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495
2496 I2C_INIT
2497
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002498 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002499 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002500
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002501 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002502
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503 I2C_PORT
2504
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002505 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2506 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2507 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
2509 I2C_ACTIVE
2510
2511 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2512 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2513 define can be null.
2514
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002515 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2516
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517 I2C_TRISTATE
2518
2519 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2520 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2521 define can be null.
2522
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002523 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525 I2C_READ
2526
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002527 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2528 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002529
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002530 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2531
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532 I2C_SDA(bit)
2533
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002534 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2535 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002537 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002538 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002539 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002540
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541 I2C_SCL(bit)
2542
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002543 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2544 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002546 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002547 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002548 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002549
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 I2C_DELAY
2551
2552 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2553 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002554 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002555 like:
2556
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002557 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002559 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2560
2561 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2562 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2563 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2564 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2565
2566 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2567 the generic GPIO functions.
2568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002570
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002571 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2572 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2573 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2574 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2575 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2576 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2577 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2578 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002579
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002580 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2581
2582 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2583 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2584 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2585 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2586 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2587 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2588 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2589 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2590
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002591 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2592
2593 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2594 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2595 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2596
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002597 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2598
2599 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002600 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2601 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002602 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002604 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002605
2606 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002607 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002608 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2609 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002610
2611 e.g.
2612 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002613 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002614
2615 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2616
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002617 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002618 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002619
2620 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002622 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002623
2624 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2625 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002627 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002628
2629 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2630 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002632 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002633
2634 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2635 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002637 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002638
2639 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2640 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2641 specified DTT device.
2642
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002643 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2644
2645 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2646 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2647 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2648 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2649 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2650 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2651 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2654
2655 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2656 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2657 D/As on the SACSng board)
2658
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002659 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2660
2661 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2662 only SH7757 is supported.
2663
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2665
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002666 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2667 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2668 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2669 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2670 defined, the board configuration must define several
2671 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2672 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002673
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002674 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2675
2676 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2677 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2678 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002679 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002680 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2681
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002682 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2683
2684 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002685 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002686
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002687 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2688 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2689 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2690
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002691- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2692
2693 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2694
2695 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2696
2697 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2698 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2699
2700 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2701
2702 Enables support for FPGA family.
2703 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2704
2705 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002706
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002707 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302709 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2710
2711 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2712
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002713 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2714
2715 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2716
2717 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2718
2719 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2720 (Xilinx only)
2721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002722 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002724 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002726 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002728 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2729 status by the configuration function. This option
2730 will require a board or device specific function to
2731 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732
2733 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2734
2735 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2736 configuration driver.
2737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002738 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002741 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002743 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2744 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2745 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2746 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002748 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002749
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002750 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2751 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002752 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002753 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002755 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002757 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002758 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002760 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002762 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002763 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002764
2765- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002766 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2767
2768 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2769 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2770 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2771 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2772 make / MAKEALL.
2773
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002774 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2775
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002776 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2777 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
2779- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2780
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002781 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2782 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002783 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002784 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2785 protects these variables from casual modification by
2786 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2787 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002788 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789
2790 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2791 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002792 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793 these parameters.
2794
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002795 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2796 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002797 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2799 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2800 read-only.]
2801
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002802 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2803 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2804 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2805 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807- Protected RAM:
2808 CONFIG_PRAM
2809
2810 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2811 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2812 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2813 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2814 this default value by defining an environment
2815 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2816 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2817 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2818 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2819 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2820 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2821 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2822
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002823 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824 saveenv
2825
2826 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2827 either, which results in a memory region that will
2828 not be affected by reboots.
2829
2830 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2831 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2832 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2833 following board configurations are known to be
2834 "pRAM-clean":
2835
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002836 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2837 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002838 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002840- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2841 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2842 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2843 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2844 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2845 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2846 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2847
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848- Error Recovery:
2849 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2850
2851 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2852 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2853 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002854 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2856 useful during development since you can try to debug
2857 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2858
2859 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2860
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002861 This variable defines the number of retries for
2862 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2863 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2864 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002865
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002866 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2867
2868 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2869
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002870 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2871
2872 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2873 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2874 try longer timeout such as
2875 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002878 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002879
2880 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883
2884 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2885 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2886 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2887
2888 Note:
2889
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002890 In the current implementation, the local variables
2891 space and global environment variables space are
2892 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2893 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2894 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2895 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2896 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002898 Global environment variables are those you use
2899 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2900 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2901 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902
2903 To store commands and special characters in a
2904 variable, please use double quotation marks
2905 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2906 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2907 symbols.
2908
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002909- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002910 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2911
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002912 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002913 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002914
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002915- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2916 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2917
2918 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2919 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2920 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2921 and PS2.
2922
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002923- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2925
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002926 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2927 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002928 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002929
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002930 For example, place something like this in your
2931 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
2933 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2934 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2935 "myvar2=value2\0"
2936
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002937 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2938 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2939 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2940 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002941 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002942 You better know what you are doing here.
2943
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002944 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2945 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002946 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002947 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002948
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002949 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2950
2951 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2952 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2953 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2954
2955 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2956
2957 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2958 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2959 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2960 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2961 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2962
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002963 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2964
2965 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2966 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2967 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2968
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002969 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2970
2971 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002972 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002973 that so that the environment is not available until
2974 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2975 this is instead controlled by the value of
2976 /config/load-environment.
2977
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002978- Parallel Flash support:
2979 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2980
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -08002981 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002982 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2983 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2984 parallel flash.
2985
2986 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2987 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2988 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2989 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2990
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002991- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002992 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2993
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002994 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2995 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2996 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002997
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002998- Serial Flash support
2999 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3000
3001 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3002 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3003
3004 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3005 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3006 commands.
3007
3008 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3009 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3010 flash is present on the system.
3011
3012 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3013 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3014 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3015 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3016
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003017 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3018
3019 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3020 test ('sf test').
3021
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303022 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3023
3024 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3025 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003026 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303027
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003028- SystemACE Support:
3029 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3030
3031 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3032 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003033 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003035
3036 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003038
3039 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3040 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3041
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003042- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3043 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3044
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003045 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003046 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003047 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003048 number generator is used.
3049
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003050 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3051 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3052 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3053
3054 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003055 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3056 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3057 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3058 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3059 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3060 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3061
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003062- Hashing support:
3063 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3064
3065 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3066 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3067
3068 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3069
3070 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3071 size a little.
3072
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303073 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3074 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3075 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3076 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3077 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3078 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3079 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3080 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3081 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3082 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3083 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3084 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003085
3086 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3087 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3088
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003089- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3090 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3091 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3092 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3093
3094 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3095 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3096 a boot from specific media.
3097
3098 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3099 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3100 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3101 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3102 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3103
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003104- bootcount support:
3105 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3106
3107 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3108 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3109
3110 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3111 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3112 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3113 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3114 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3115 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3116 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3117 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3118 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3119 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3120 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3121 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3122 the bootcounter.
3123 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003124
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003125- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3127
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003128 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3129 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3130 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3131 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3132 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3133 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003135
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003136Legacy uImage format:
3137
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138 Arg Where When
3139 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003140 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003142 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003144 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003145 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3146 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3147 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003148 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003149 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3150 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3151 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3152 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003153 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003155
3156 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3157 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3158 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3159 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3160 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3161 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3162 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003163 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003164 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3165 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3166
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003167 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003168
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003169 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003170 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3171 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003172
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003173 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3174 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3175 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3176 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3177 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3178 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3179 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3180 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3181 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3182 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3183 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3184 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3185 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3186 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3187 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3188 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3189 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3190 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3191 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3192 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3193 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3194 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3195 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3196 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3197 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3198 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3199 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3200 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3201 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3202 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3203 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3204 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3205 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3206 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3207 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3208 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3209 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3210 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3211 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3212 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3213 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3214 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3215 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3216 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3217 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3218 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3219 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003221 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003223 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003224 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3225 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003226
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003227 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003228 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3229 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3230 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003231 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3232 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003233 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3234 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003235 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003237FIT uImage format:
3238
3239 Arg Where When
3240 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3241 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3242 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3243 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3244 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3245 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003246 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003247 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3248 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3249 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3250 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3251 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003252 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3253 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003254 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3255 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3256 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3257 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3258 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3259 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3260 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3261 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3262
3263 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3264 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3265 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003266 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003267 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3268 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3269 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3270 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3271 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3272 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3273 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3274 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3275 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3276 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3277 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3278 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3279
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003280 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003281 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3282
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003283 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003284 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3285
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003286 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003287 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3288
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003289- legacy image format:
3290 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3291 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3292
3293 Default:
3294 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3295
3296 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3297 disable the legacy image format
3298
3299 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3300 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3301
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003302- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003303 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3304 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3305 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3306 with this option.
3307
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003308 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3309 and move it to Kconfig
3310
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003311- Standalone program support:
3312 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3313
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003314 This option defines a board specific value for the
3315 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3316 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003317 settings.
3318
3319- Frame Buffer Address:
3320 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3321
3322 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003323 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3324 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3325 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3326 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3327 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3328 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3329 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003330
3331 Please see board_init_f function.
3332
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003333- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3334 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3335 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3336 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3337
3338 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3339 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3340
3341- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3342 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3343
3344 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3345 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3346
3347 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3348
3349 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3350 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3351
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003352- UBI support
3353 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3354
3355 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3356 with the UBI flash translation layer
3357
3358 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3359
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003360 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3361
3362 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3363 warnings and errors enabled.
3364
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003365
3366 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3367 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3368 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3369 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3370 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3371 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3372
3373 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3374 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3375 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3376 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3377 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3378
3379 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003380
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003381 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3382 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3383 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3384 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3385 flash), this value is ignored.
3386
3387 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3388 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3389 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3390 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3391 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3392 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3393
3394 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3395 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3396 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3397 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3398 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3399 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3400 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3401 partition.
3402
3403 default: 20
3404
3405 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3406 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3407 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3408 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3409 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3410 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3411 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3412 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3413 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3414 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3415 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3416 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3417
3418 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3419 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3420 without a fastmap.
3421 default: 0
3422
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003423 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3424 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3425 default: 0
3426
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003427- UBIFS support
3428 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3429
3430 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3431 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3432
3433 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3434
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003435 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3436
3437 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3438 warnings and errors enabled.
3439
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003440- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003441 CONFIG_SPL
3442 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003443
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003444 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3445 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3446
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003447 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3448 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3449 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3450 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003451 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003452 must not be both defined at the same time.
3453
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003454 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003455 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3456 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3457 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3458 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003459
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003460 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3461 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003462
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003463 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3464 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3465 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3466
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003467 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3468 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3469
3470 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003471 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3472 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3473 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003474 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003475 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003476
3477 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3478 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3479
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003480 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3481 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3482 loaded does not have a signature.
3483 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3484 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3485 will be caught.
3486 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3487 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3488 and thus should be skipped silently.
3489
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003490 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3491 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3492 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3493 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3494
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003495 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3496 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003497 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3498 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3499 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003500
3501 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3502 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003503
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003504 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3505 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3506 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3507 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3508
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003509 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3510 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3511 See also: doc/README.falcon
3512
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003513 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3514 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3515 about the running system.
3516
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003517 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3518 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3519
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003520 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3521 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003522
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003523 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3524 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003525
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003526 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3527 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003528
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003529 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3530 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003531
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003532 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3533 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003534
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003535 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3536 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003537 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003538 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3539
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003540 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3541 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3542 used in raw mode
3543
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003544 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3545 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3546 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3547
3548 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3549 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3550 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3551 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3552 (for falcon mode)
3553
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003554 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3555 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3556 used in fs mode
3557
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003558 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3559 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3560
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003561 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3562 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003563
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003564 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3565 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3566
3567 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003568 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003569 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003570
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003571 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003572 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003573 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003574
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003575 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3576 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3577 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3578 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3579 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3580
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303581 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3582 Avoid SPL relocation
3583
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003584 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3585 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3586 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3587
3588 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3589 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3590
3591 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3592 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3593
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003594 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003595 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3596 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003597
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003598 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3599 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3600 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3601
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003602 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3603 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3604 if you need to save space.
3605
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003606 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3607 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003608 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003609
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003610 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3611 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3612 SPL binary.
3613
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003614 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3615 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3616 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3617 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3618 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3619 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003620 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003621
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303622 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3623 Add support NAND boot
3624
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003625 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003626 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3627
3628 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3629 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3630
3631 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3632 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003633
3634 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003635 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003636
3637 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3638 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003639 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003640
3641 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3642 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3643 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3644
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003645 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3646 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003647
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003648 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3649 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003650
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003651 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3652 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003653
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003654 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3655 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3656
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003657 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3658 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003659
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003660 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3661 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3662
3663 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3664 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3665 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3666 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3667
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003668 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003669 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3670 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3671 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3672 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3673 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003674
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003675 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3676 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3677 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3678 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3679
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003680 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3681 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3682 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3683 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3684 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3685
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003686- TPL framework
3687 CONFIG_TPL
3688 Enable building of TPL globally.
3689
3690 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3691 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3692 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003693 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3694 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3695 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003696
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003697- Interrupt support (PPC):
3698
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003699 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3700 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003701 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003702 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003703 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003704 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003705 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003706 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3707 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3708 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003711Board initialization settings:
3712------------------------------
3713
3714During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3715to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3716before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3717following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3718architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3719typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3720
3721- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3722- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3723- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3724- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726Configuration Settings:
3727-----------------------
3728
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003729- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3730 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003732- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3734
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003735- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3736 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003738- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739 prompt for user input.
3740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003741- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003743- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003745- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003747- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3749 booted
3750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003751- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003754- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003755 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003757- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003758 If the board specific function
3759 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3760 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003763- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003764 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003766- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003769- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3771 simple memory test.
3772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003773- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003774 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003776- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003777 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3778 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3779
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003780- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
3781 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3782 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3783 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
3784 gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
3785 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3786 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3787
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003788- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003789 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003790 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003792 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3793 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3794 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003795 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003796 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003797 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003798
3799 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3800 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3801 be touched.
3802
3803 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3804 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3805 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3806 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3807 problems.
3808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003812- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003815- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3817 Cogent motherboard)
3818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003819- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003822- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3824 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003825 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003828- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003829 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3830 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3831 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3832 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003834- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3836
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003837- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3838 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3839 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3840 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3841 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3842 space.
3843
3844 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3845 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3846 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003847 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003848 U-Boot relocates itself.
3849
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003850 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003851 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3852
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003853- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3854 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3855 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3856 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3857
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003858- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3859 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3860 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3861 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3862 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3863 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3864 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3865 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3866 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3867 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3868 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3869 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3870 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3871 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3872 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3873 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3874
3875 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003877- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003878 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3879 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003881 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003883- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3885 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003886 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3887 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003888 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003889 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003890 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003891 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3892 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3893 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003894
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003895- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3896 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3897 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3898 is enabled.
3899
3900- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3901 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3902 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3903
3904- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3905 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3906 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909 Max number of Flash memory banks
3910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003921 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003923- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003924 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003926- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003927 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3928 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
3932 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3933 without this option such a download has to be
3934 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3935 copy from RAM to flash.
3936
3937 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3938 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003939 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3940 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003943- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003944 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003945 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003947- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003948 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3949 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003951- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3952 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3953 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3954 to the MTD layer.
3955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003956- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003957 Use buffered writes to flash.
3958
3959- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3960 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3961 write commands.
3962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003964 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3965 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3966 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3967 optionally available.
3968
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003969- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3970 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3971 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3972 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3973
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003974- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3975 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3976 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3977 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3978 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3979 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3980 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3981 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003983- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003984 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3985 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003986 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3987 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003988 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003989 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3990
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003991- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3992
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003993 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3994 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3995 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3996 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3997 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003998
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003999- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4000- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004001 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004002 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4003 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4004 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4005
4006 The format of the list is:
4007 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004008 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4009 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004010 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4011 list = entry[,list]
4012
4013 The type attributes are:
4014 s - String (default)
4015 d - Decimal
4016 x - Hexadecimal
4017 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4018 i - IP address
4019 m - MAC address
4020
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004021 The access attributes are:
4022 a - Any (default)
4023 r - Read-only
4024 o - Write-once
4025 c - Change-default
4026
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004027 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4028 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004029 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004030
4031 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4032 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4033 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4034 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4035 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4036 ".flags" variable.
4037
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004038 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4039 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4040 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4041
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004042- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4043 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4044 access flags.
4045
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004046- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4047 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4048 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4049 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4050 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4051 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004052 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4053 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4054 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004055
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004056- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4057 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4058 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004059 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004060
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004061- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4062 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4063 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4064 building U-Boot to enable this.
4065
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4067of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4068following configurations:
4069
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004070- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4071
4072 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4073 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004075- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076
4077 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4078
4079 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4080 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4081 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4082 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4083 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4084 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4085 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4086 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4087 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4088 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4089 between U-Boot and the environment.
4090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004091 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004092
4093 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4094 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4095 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4096 for this sector is given here.
4097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004098 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004100 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
4102 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4103 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004104 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004106 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
4108 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4109
4110
4111 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4112 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4113 the environment.
4114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004115 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004117 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004118 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4120 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4121
4122 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4123 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4124 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4125 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4126 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4127 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4128 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4129 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4130 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004132 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4133 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004135 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004136 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004137 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004138 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
4140BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4141source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4142accordingly!
4143
4144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004145- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
4147 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4148 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4149 environment.
4150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004151 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4152 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004154 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4156 can just be read and written to, without any special
4157 provision.
4158
4159BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004160in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004161console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162U-Boot will hang.
4163
4164Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4165environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4166keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4167to save the current settings.
4168
4169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004170- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
4172 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4173 device and a driver for it.
4174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004175 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4176 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
4178 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4179 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004181 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4183 The default address is zero.
4184
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004185 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4186 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4190 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4191 would require six bits.
4192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004193 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004195 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4199 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004201 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004202 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4203 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4204 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4205 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4206 byte chips.
4207
4208 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4209 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4210 in the chip address.
4211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004212 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4214
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004215 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4216 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4217 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4218
4219 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4220 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4221 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4222 EEPROM. For example:
4223
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004224 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004225
4226 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4227 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004229- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004230
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004231 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004232 want to use for the environment.
4233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004234 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4235 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4236 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004237
4238 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4239 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4240 at the specified address.
4241
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004242- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4243
4244 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4245 want to use for the environment.
4246
4247 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4248 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4249
4250 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4251 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4252 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4253
4254 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4255
4256 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4257
4258 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4259
4260 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4261 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4262 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4263 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4264 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4265
4266 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4267 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4268
4269 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4270
4271 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4272
4273 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4274
4275 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4276
4277 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4278
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004279- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4280
4281 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4282 want to use for the local device's environment.
4283
4284 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4285 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4286
4287 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4288 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4289 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004290 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004291
4292BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4293"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004294environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4295but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004297- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004298
4299 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4300 for the environment.
4301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004302 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4303 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004304
4305 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004306 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4307 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004308
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004309 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004311 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004312 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4313 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004314 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004315 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004316
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004317 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4318
4319 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4320 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4321 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4322 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4323 the range to be avoided.
4324
4325 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4326
4327 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4328 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4329 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4330 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4331 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004332
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004333- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4334
4335 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4336 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4337 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4338
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004339- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4340
4341 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4342 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4343 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4344
4345 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4346
4347 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4348
4349 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4350
4351 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4352 environment in.
4353
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004354 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4355
4356 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4357 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4358 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4359
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004360 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4361 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4362
4363 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4364 when storing the env in UBI.
4365
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004366- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4367 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4368
4369 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4370
4371 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4372
4373 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4374
4375 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4376 be as following:
4377
4378 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4379 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4380 partition table.
4381 - "D:0": device D.
4382 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4383 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4384 table.
4385 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004386 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004387 partition table then means device D.
4388
4389 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4390
4391 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004392 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004393
4394 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004395 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004396
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004397- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4398
4399 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4400 environment.
4401
4402 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4403
4404 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4405
4406 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4407
4408 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4409 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4410 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4411
4412 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4413 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4414
4415 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4416 area within the specified MMC device.
4417
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004418 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4419 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4420 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4421 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4422 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4423 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4424 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4425
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004426 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4427 MMC sector boundary.
4428
4429 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4430
4431 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4432 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4433 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4434 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4435
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004436 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4437 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4438
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004439 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4440 an MMC sector boundary.
4441
4442 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4443
4444 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4445 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4446 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004448- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
4450 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4451 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4452 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4453 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4454 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4455 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4456 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4457
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004458Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004460created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461until then to read environment variables.
4462
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004463The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4464is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4465with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4466necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4467"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4468have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
4470Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4471the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004472use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004474- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004475 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004477 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004478 also needs to be defined.
4479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004480- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004481 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004483- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4484 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4485 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4486 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4487 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4488 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4489
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004490- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4491 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4492 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4493 to do this.
4494
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004495- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4496 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4497 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4498 present.
4499
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004500- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4501 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4502 build system checks that the actual size does not
4503 exceed it.
4504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004506---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004508- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004511- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004513
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004514 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4515 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4516 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004518- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4519 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4520 PowerPC SOCs.
4521
4522- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4523 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4524 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4525
4526 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4527 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4528
4529- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4530 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4531 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004532 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004533 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4534 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4535 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4536
4537 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4538 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4539
4540- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004541 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4542 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004543 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4544 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4545
4546- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4547 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4548 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4549 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4550
4551- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4552 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4553 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4554
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004555- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004556 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004557
4558 the default drive number (default value 0)
4559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004560 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004561
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004562 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004563 (default value 1)
4564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004565 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004566
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004567 defines the offset of register from address. It
4568 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004569 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004571 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4572 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004573 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004575 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004576 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4577 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004578 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004579 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004580
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004581- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4582 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4583 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4584 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4585 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4586 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004587 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004589- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004590 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004591 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004593- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004595 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4597 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4598 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4599 will become available only after programming the
4600 memory controller and running certain initialization
4601 sequences.
4602
4603 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4604 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4605 - MPC824X: data cache
4606 - PPC4xx: data cache
4607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004608- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
4610 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004611 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4612 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004614 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004615 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4616 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4617 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
4619 Note:
4620 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4621 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004622 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4624 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004626- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004628- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004630- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004632- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004634- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004636- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004638- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639 SDRAM timing
4640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004641- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642 periodic timer for refresh
4643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004644- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004646- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4647 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4648 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4649 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4651
4652- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004653 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4654 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004657- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4658 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4660 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004662- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4664 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004666- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004667 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4668 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004670- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4672 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004674- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4676 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4677 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004679- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004680 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4681 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4682 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4683 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004685- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4686 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4687 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4688 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4689 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4690 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4691 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4692 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004693 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004694
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004695- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4696 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4697 required.
4698
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004699- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004700 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004701 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4702 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4703 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4704 by coreboot or similar.
4705
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004706- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4707 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4708
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004709- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4710 Chip has SRIO or not
4711
4712- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4713 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4714
4715- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4716 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4717
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004718- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4719 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4720
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004721- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4722 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4723
4724- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4725 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4726
4727- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4728 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4729
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004730- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4731 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4732 a 16 bit bus.
4733 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004734 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004735 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004736 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004737
4738- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4739 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4740 a default value will be used.
4741
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004742- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004743 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4744 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4745
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004746 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4747 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004750 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4751 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4752 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004753
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004754- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4755 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4756 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4757 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4758 header files or board specific files.
4759
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004760- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4761 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4762
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004763- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4764 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4765
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004766- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4767 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004769- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004770 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4771 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004772
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004773- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4774 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4775
4776- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4777 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004778 to the given FEC; i. e.
4779 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004780 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4781
4782 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4783
4784- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4785 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4786 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4787
4788- CONFIG_RMII
4789 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4790 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4791 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4792
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004793- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4794 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4795 The syntax is:
4796
4797 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4798
4799 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4800 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4801 area should have.
4802
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004803- CONFIG_LOOPW
4804 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004805 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004806
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004807- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4808 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4809 "md/mw" commands.
4810 Examples:
4811
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004812 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004813 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4814
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004815 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004816 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4817
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004818 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004819 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004820
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004821- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004822 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004823 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4824 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4825 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004826
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004827 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4828 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4829 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4830 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004831
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004832- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004833 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4834 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4835 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004836
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004837- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4838 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4839 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4840 It is loaded by the SPL.
4841
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004842- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4843 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4844 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4845 previous 4k of the .text section.
4846
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004847- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4848 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4849 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4850 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4851 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4852 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4853 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4854 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4855
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004856- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4857 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4858 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4859 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4860 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4861
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004862- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4863 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4864 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004865
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004866- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4867 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4868
4869 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004870
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004871- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4872 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4873
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004874- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4875 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4876 driver that uses this:
4877 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4878
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004879Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4880-----------------------------------
4881
4882The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4883loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4884This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4885are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4886within that device.
4887
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004888- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4889 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4890 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4891 is also specified.
4892
4893- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4894 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004895 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4896 is also specified.
4897
4898- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4899 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4900 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4901 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4902 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4903
4904- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4905 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4906 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4907 virtual address in NOR flash.
4908
4909- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4910 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4911 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4912
4913- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4914 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4915 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4916
4917- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4918 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4919 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4920
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004921- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4922 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4923 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004924 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4925 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4926 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004927
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004928Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4929---------------------------------------------------------
4930The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4931"firmware".
4932This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4933are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4934within that device.
4935
4936- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4937 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4938
4939- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4940 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4941 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4942 is also specified.
4943
4944- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4945 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4946 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4947 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4948 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4949
4950- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4951 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4952 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4953 virtual address in NOR flash.
4954
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304955Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4956-------------------------------------------
4957The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4958"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4959This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4960
4961- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
4962 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
4963
4964- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
4965 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
4966
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004967- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4968 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304969
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004970Reproducible builds
4971-------------------
4972
4973In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4974process have to be set to a fixed value.
4975
4976This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4977SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4978option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4979
4980SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982Building the Software:
4983======================
4984
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004985Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4986and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4987all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4988(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4989recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4990which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004991
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004992If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4993have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4994you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4995Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4996necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004998 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4999 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005001Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5002 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5003 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5004 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5005
5006 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5007
5008 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5009 be executed on computers running Windows.
5010
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005011U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5012sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013is done by typing:
5014
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005015 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005017where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005018rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5021 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5022 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5023 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005024 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005026 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005029 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5036images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5039- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5040- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005042By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5043in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5044this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5045
50461. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5047
5048 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005049 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005050 make O=/tmp/build all
5051
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020050522. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005053
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005054 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005055 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005056 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005057 make all
5058
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005059Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005060variable.
5061
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5064for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5065native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5069to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5070steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010050721. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01005074 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
50752. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5076 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050773. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5078 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020050794. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050805. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5081 to be installed on your target system.
50826. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5083 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005084
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5087==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005089If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5090or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5092the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005093official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005095But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5096cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5098just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005099for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5100select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5101environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5102you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005110When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5111U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5112setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5113built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5114<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5115location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5116variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005117
5118 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5119 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5120 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5121
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005122With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5123log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5124during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005125
5126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130Monitor Commands - Overview:
5131============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133go - start application at address 'addr'
5134run - run commands in an environment variable
5135bootm - boot application image from memory
5136bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005137bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5139 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5140 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005141tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5143diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5144loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5145loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5146md - memory display
5147mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5148nm - memory modify (constant address)
5149mw - memory write (fill)
5150cp - memory copy
5151cmp - memory compare
5152crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005153i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154sspi - SPI utility commands
5155base - print or set address offset
5156printenv- print environment variables
5157setenv - set environment variables
5158saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5159protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5160erase - erase FLASH memory
5161flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005162nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5164iminfo - print header information for application image
5165coninfo - print console devices and informations
5166ide - IDE sub-system
5167loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005168loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169mtest - simple RAM test
5170icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5171dcache - enable or disable data cache
5172reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5173echo - echo args to console
5174version - print monitor version
5175help - print online help
5176? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5180========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
5186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187Environment Variables:
5188======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5191can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5194"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5195without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5196environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5197working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5198environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005200Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5201
5202List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005214 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5215 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5216 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5217 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5218 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5219 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005220 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5221 bootm_mapsize.
5222
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005223 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005224 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5225 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5226 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5227 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5228 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5229 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005230
5231 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5232 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5233 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5234 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5235 environment variable.
5236
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005237 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5238 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5239 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5242 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5243 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5244 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5247 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5248 be automatically started (by internally calling
5249 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5252 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5253 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5254 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5255 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005257 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5258 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005259 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5260 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5261 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5262 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5263 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5264 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5265 access it during the boot procedure.
5266
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005267 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5268 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5269 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5270 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5271 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5272 must be accessible by the kernel.
5273
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005274 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5275 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5276 defined.
5277
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005278 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5279 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5280 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5281 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5282 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5285 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5286 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5287 is usually what you want since it allows for
5288 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5289 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005290 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5292 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5293 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5294 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5297 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5298 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5299 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5300 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5301 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5306 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5307 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5308 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5309 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5310 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5311 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5316 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005327
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005328 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005330 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5331 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005332
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005333 => setenv ethact FEC
5334 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5335 => setenv ethact SCC
5336 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005338 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5339 available network interfaces.
5340 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5341
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005342 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5344 When set to "once" the network operation will
5345 fail when all the available network interfaces
5346 are tried once without success.
5347 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5348 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005350 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005351
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005352 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005353 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5354 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5355 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5356 is silent.
5357
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005358 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005359 UDP source port.
5360
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005361 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005362 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5363
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005364 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5365 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5366
5367 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5368 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5369 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5370 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5371 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5372 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5373 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5374
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005375 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5376 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5377 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5378 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5379 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5380 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5381 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5382
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005383 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005384 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005386
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005387 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5388 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5389 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5390 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5391 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5392
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005393The following image location variables contain the location of images
5394used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5395not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5396variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5397server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5398loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5399flash or offset in NAND flash.
5400
5401*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005402boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005403boards use these variables for other purposes.
5404
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005405Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5406----- --------- ----------- --------------
5407u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5408Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5409device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5410ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5413updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5414depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 bootfile - see above
5417 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5418 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5419 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5420 hostname - Target hostname
5421 ipaddr - see above
5422 netmask - Subnet Mask
5423 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5424 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005425
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5430 as type string and/or serial number
5431 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5434the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5435once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
5437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5441 with the "version" command. This variable is
5442 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5446only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005447
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005448
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005449Callback functions for environment variables:
5450---------------------------------------------
5451
5452For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005453when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005454be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5455deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5456effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5457
5458The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5459U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5460
5461These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5462static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5463in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5464associations. The list must be in the following format:
5465
5466 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5467 list = entry[,list]
5468
5469If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5470Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5471
5472Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5473with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5474override any association in the static list. You can define
5475CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005476".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005477
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005478If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5479regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5480the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5481
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483Command Line Parsing:
5484=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5487the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005489Old, simple command line parser:
5490--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5493- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005494- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5496 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005497 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5499 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005501Hush shell:
5502-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005504- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5505 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5506 until...do...done, ...
5507- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5508 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5509 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5510 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512General rules:
5513--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5516 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5517 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5518 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005521 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5523 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5526=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005527
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005528Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5530"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5533MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5534"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5537in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5538ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5539variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5542 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5545 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5546 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5549 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5552 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5553 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005556 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5557 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005559If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005560will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005561may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5562The naming convention is as follows:
5563"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565Image Formats:
5566==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005568U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5569images in two formats:
5570
5571New uImage format (FIT)
5572-----------------------
5573
5574Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5575to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5576components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5577SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5578
5579
5580Old uImage format
5581-----------------
5582
5583Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5584preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5585details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5588 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005589 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5590 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5591 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005592* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005593 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5594 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5596* Load Address
5597* Entry Point
5598* Image Name
5599* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5602and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5603CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606Linux Support:
5607==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5610easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5611U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5614special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5615"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5616instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5617serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5620 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5621 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005623- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5624 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5627 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5628 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5629 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5630 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5631 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005632
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634Linux HOWTO:
5635============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5638---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5641configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5642(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5643Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005645But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5648include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005649Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5650and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005651as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005652
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005653Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5654If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5655is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5656doc/driver-model.
5657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659Configuring the Linux kernel:
5660-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5663device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666Building a Linux Image:
5667-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5670not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5671"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5672U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5673which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5674100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005678 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679 make oldconfig
5680 make dep
5681 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5684encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5685CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5692 -R .note -R .comment \
5693 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005697 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5702 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5703 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005704
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5707with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5708combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5709byte header containing information about target architecture,
5710operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5711stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5714print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5717contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5718checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720 tools/mkimage -l image
5721 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5724from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5727 -n name -d data_file image
5728 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5729 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5730 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5731 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5732 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5733 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5734 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5735 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005736
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005737Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5738address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5739kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5742- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5747 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005748 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5750 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5751 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5752 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5753 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5754 Load Address: 0x00000000
5755 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5760 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5761 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5762 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5763 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5764 Load Address: 0x00000000
5765 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5768speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5769needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5770need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005772 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5774 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005775 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5777 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5778 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5779 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5780 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5781 Load Address: 0x00000000
5782 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5786when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5789 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5790 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5791 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5792 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5793 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5794 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5795 Load Address: 0x00000000
5796 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005797
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005798The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5799option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5800option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5801from the image:
5802
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005803 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5804 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5805 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5806 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005807
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809Installing a Linux Image:
5810-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5813you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5818image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5819address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5820specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5821command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5824TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828 .......... done
5829 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831 => loads 40100000
5832 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5833 ~>examples/image.srec
5834 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5835 ...
5836 15989 15990 15991 15992
5837 [file transfer complete]
5838 [connected]
5839 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
5841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005843this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005846 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5849 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5850 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5851 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5852 Load Address: 00000000
5853 Entry Point: 0000000c
5854 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005855
5856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857Boot Linux:
5858-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5861memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5862of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5863parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5864"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
5866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867 => printenv bootargs
5868 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872 => printenv bootargs
5873 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005875 => bootm 40020000
5876 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5877 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5878 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5879 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5880 Load Address: 00000000
5881 Entry Point: 0000000c
5882 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5883 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5884 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5885 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5886 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5887 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5888 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5889 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005890
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005891If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5893format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5898 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5899 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5900 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5901 Load Address: 00000000
5902 Entry Point: 0000000c
5903 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005905 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5906 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5907 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5908 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5909 Load Address: 00000000
5910 Entry Point: 00000000
5911 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5914 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5915 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5916 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5917 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5918 Load Address: 00000000
5919 Entry Point: 0000000c
5920 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5921 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5922 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5923 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5924 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5925 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5926 Load Address: 00000000
5927 Entry Point: 00000000
5928 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5929 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5930 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5931 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5932 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5933 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5934 ...
5935 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5936 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005940Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5941-----------
5942
5943First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5944titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5945following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5946flat device tree:
5947
5948=> print oftaddr
5949oftaddr=0x300000
5950=> print oft
5951oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5952=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5953Speed: 1000, full duplex
5954Using TSEC0 device
5955TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5956Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5957Load address: 0x300000
5958Loading: #
5959done
5960Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5961=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5962Speed: 1000, full duplex
5963Using TSEC0 device
5964TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5965Filename 'uImage'.
5966Load address: 0x200000
5967Loading:############
5968done
5969Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5970=> print loadaddr
5971loadaddr=200000
5972=> print oftaddr
5973oftaddr=0x300000
5974=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5975## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005976 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5977 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5978 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005979 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005980 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005981 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5982 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5983Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5984Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5985Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5986[snip]
5987
5988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005989More About U-Boot Image Types:
5990------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5995 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5996 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5997 the Standalone Program.
5998 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5999 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6000 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6001 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6002 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6003 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6004 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6005 being started.
6006 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6007 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6008 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6009 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6010 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6011 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6014 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6015 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6016 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6017 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6018 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6021 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6022 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6025 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6026 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6027 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006028
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006029Booting the Linux zImage:
6030-------------------------
6031
6032On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6033using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6034as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6035
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006036Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006037kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6038address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6039format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006042Standalone HOWTO:
6043=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6046run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6047U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051"Hello World" Demo:
6052-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6055application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6056It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6057like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059 => loads
6060 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6061 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6062 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6063 [file transfer complete]
6064 [connected]
6065 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006067 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6068 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6069 Hello World
6070 argc = 7
6071 argv[0] = "40004"
6072 argv[1] = "Hello"
6073 argv[2] = "World!"
6074 argv[3] = "This"
6075 argv[4] = "is"
6076 argv[5] = "a"
6077 argv[6] = "test."
6078 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6079 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006081 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006083Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6084handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6085Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6086The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6087character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6088controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6091 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6092 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6093 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006095 => loads
6096 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6097 ~>examples/timer.srec
6098 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6099 [file transfer complete]
6100 [connected]
6101 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103 => go 40004
6104 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6105 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6106 Using timer 1
6107 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006109Hit 'b':
6110 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6111 Enabling timer
6112Hit '?':
6113 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6114 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6115Hit '?':
6116 [q, b, e, ?] .
6117 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6118Hit '?':
6119 [q, b, e, ?] .
6120 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6121Hit '?':
6122 [q, b, e, ?] .
6123 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6124Hit 'e':
6125 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6126Hit 'q':
6127 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
6129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006130Minicom warning:
6131================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6134"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6135consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6136Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6137especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006138use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6139http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6140for help with kermit.
6141
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006143Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6144configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006146 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6147 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6148 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006149
6150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006151NetBSD Notes:
6152=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6155(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006157Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6158NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6159need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6160Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6161attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6162missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006164 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6165 # mkdir powerpc
6166 # ln -s powerpc machine
6167 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6168 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006170Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6171and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6174stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6175proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6176tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006177meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006178
6179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006180Implementation Internals:
6181=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006183The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6184implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6185inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6186hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006187
6188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006189Initial Stack, Global Data:
6190---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006192The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6193starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6194system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6195This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6196is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6197at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6198options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6199models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6200MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6201locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006202
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006203 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006204 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006206 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6207 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6208 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6209 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006211 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6212 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6213 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6214 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6215 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006216 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6218 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006220 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6221 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006222 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6224 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6225 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6226 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006228 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006229 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6230 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006231 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006232 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6233 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6234 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6235 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6236 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006238 -Chris Hallinan
6239 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6242code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006244* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6245 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006247* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006248 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6249 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006251* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6252 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006254Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006255normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6257simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6258functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6259functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6260the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6261place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6262reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006264When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6265relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6266GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006268For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6269 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006270 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006271 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6272 R5-R10: parameter passing
6273 R13: small data area pointer
6274 R30: GOT pointer
6275 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006276
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006277 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6278 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6279 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006280
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006281 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006283 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6284 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6285 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6286 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6287 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6288 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006289
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006290On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006291 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6292
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006293 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006295On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006297 R0: function argument word/integer result
6298 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006299 R9: platform specific
6300 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006301 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6302 R12: temporary workspace
6303 R13: stack pointer
6304 R14: link register
6305 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006306
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006307 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6308
6309 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006310
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006311On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6312 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6313
6314 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6315
6316 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6317 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6318
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006319On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6320
6321 R0-R1: argument/return
6322 R2-R5: argument
6323 R15: temporary register for assembler
6324 R16: trampoline register
6325 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6326 R29: global pointer (GP)
6327 R30: link register (LP)
6328 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6329 PC: program counter (PC)
6330
6331 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6332
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006333NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6334or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006336Memory Management:
6337------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006339U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6340MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006342The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6343controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6344memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6345physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006347U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6348TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6349booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6350to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006351memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006352configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6353Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6356of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006358So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6359this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006361 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6362 :
6363 0x0000 1FFF
6364 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6365 :
6366 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006368 :
6369 :
6370 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6371 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6372 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6373 :
6374 0x00FD FFFF
6375 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6376 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6377 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6378 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006379
6380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006381System Initialization:
6382----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006384In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006385(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006386configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006387To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6388To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6389initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6390which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6391part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6392the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006394Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6395preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6396(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6397on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6398programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6399simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6400banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006402When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6403different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6404bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64050x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6406contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006408Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6409and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6410Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6411pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006413Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6414until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6415running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6416new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006417
6418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006419U-Boot Porting Guide:
6420----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006422[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6423list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006424
6425
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006426int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006427{
6428 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006429
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006430 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6431 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006433 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006434 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006435 return 0;
6436 }
6437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438 Download latest U-Boot source;
6439
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006440 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006442 if (clueless)
6443 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006445 while (learning) {
6446 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006447 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6448 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006449 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006450 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006453 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6454 Buy a BDI3000;
6455 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006456 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006457
6458 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6459 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6460 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6461 } else {
6462 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6463 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006464 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006465 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6466 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006467
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006468 while (!accepted) {
6469 while (!running) {
6470 do {
6471 Add / modify source code;
6472 } until (compiles);
6473 Debug;
6474 if (clueless)
6475 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6476 }
6477 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6478 if (reasonable critiques)
6479 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6480 else
6481 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006482 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006484 return 0;
6485}
6486
6487void no_more_time (int sig)
6488{
6489 hire_a_guru();
6490}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006491
6492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006493Coding Standards:
6494-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006496All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006497coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006498"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006499
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006500Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6501MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006502reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006503sources.
6504
6505Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6506Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6507in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006508
6509Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6510- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006511- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006512- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006513- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006514- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6515
6516Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6517with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006518
6519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520Submitting Patches:
6521-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006523Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6524establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6525may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006526
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006527Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006528
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006529Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6530see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006532When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6533it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006535* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6536 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6537 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006539* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6540 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006542* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6543
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006544* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6545 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006546
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006547* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6548 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006549
6550* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6551 document these in the README file.
6552
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006553* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6554 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006555 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006556 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6557 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006558
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006559 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6560 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6561 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006562
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006563 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6564 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6565 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6566 affected files).
6567
6568 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6569 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006570
6571* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6572 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6573
6574* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6575 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6576
6577
6578Notes:
6579
6580* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6581 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6582 for any of the boards.
6583
6584* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6585 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6586 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6587
6588* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6589 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6590 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6591 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6592 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6593 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006594
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006595* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6596 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6597 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6598 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.